The build.log of my persistent failure

build.log (text/plain), 1.75 MB, created by Jason Cornez on 2008-09-08 09:35:43 UTC

>>> Unpacking source...
>>> Unpacking docbook-utils-0.6.14.tar.gz to /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work
 [32;01m*[0m Applying docbook-utils-0.6.14-elinks.patch ...
[A[105C  [34;01m[ [32;01mok[34;01m ][0m
>>> Source unpacked.
>>> Compiling source in /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14 ...
./configure --prefix=/usr --host=i686-pc-linux-gnu --mandir=/usr/share/man --infodir=/usr/share/info --datadir=/usr/share --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var/lib --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu
checking for a BSD-compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c
checking whether build environment is sane... yes
checking for gawk... gawk
checking whether make sets $(MAKE)... yes
configure: creating ./config.status
config.status: creating Makefile
config.status: creating docbook-utils.spec
config.status: creating bin/Makefile
config.status: creating bin/jw
config.status: creating bin/sgmldiff
config.status: creating backends/Makefile
config.status: creating backends/man
config.status: creating backends/texi
config.status: creating frontends/Makefile
config.status: creating frontends/docbook
config.status: creating helpers/Makefile
config.status: creating doc/Makefile
config.status: creating doc/version
config.status: creating doc/refentry/Makefile
config.status: creating doc/man/Makefile
config.status: creating doc/HTML/Makefile
Making all in backends
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/backends'
make[1]: Nothing to be done for `all'.
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/backends'
Making all in bin
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/bin'
make[1]: Nothing to be done for `all'.
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/bin'
Making all in doc
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc'
Making all in refentry
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/refentry'
make[2]: Nothing to be done for `all'.
make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/refentry'
Making all in man
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/man'
make[2]: Nothing to be done for `all'.
make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/man'
Making all in HTML
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/HTML'
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections ijade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    n the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections ijade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    n the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections ijade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    n the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections ijade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Worn the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    d
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections ijade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    n the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections ijade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    n the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/HTML'
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc'
make[2]: Nothing to be done for `all-am'.
make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc'
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc'
Making all in frontends
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/frontends'
make[1]: Nothing to be done for `all'.
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/frontends'
Making all in helpers
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/helpers'
make[1]: Nothing to be done for `all'.
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/helpers'
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14'
make[1]: Nothing to be done for `all-am'.
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14'
>>> Source compiled.
>>> Test phase [not enabled]: app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14

>>> Install docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14 into /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image/ category app-text
Making install in backends
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/backends'
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/backends'
make[2]: Nothing to be done for `install-exec-am'.
mkdir -p -- . /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 dvi /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/dvi
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/html
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 man /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/man
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 pdf /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/pdf
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ps /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/ps
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 rtf /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/rtf
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 tex /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/tex
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 texi /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/texi
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 txt /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backends/txt
make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/backends'
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/backends'
Making install in bin
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/bin'
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/bin'
mkdir -p -- . /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin
 /usr/bin/install -c jw /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/jw
 /usr/bin/install -c sgmldiff /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/sgmldiff
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2dvi /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2dvi
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2html
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2man /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2man
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2pdf /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2pdf
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2ps /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2ps
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2rtf /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2rtf
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2tex /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2tex
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2texi /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2texi
 /usr/bin/install -c docbook2txt /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/bin/docbook2txt
make[2]: Nothing to be done for `install-data-am'.
make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/bin'
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/bin'
Making install in doc
make[1]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc'
Making install in refentry
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/refentry'
make[3]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/refentry'
make[3]: Nothing to be done for `install-exec-am'.
make[3]: Nothing to be done for `install-data-am'.
make[3]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/refentry'
make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/refentry'
Making install in man
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/man'
make[3]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/man'
make[3]: Nothing to be done for `install-exec-am'.
mkdir -p -- . /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/man/man1
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./jw.1 /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/man/man1/jw.1
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./docbook2man-spec.pl.1 /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/man/man1/docbook2man-spec.pl.1
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./docbook2texi-spec.pl.1 /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/man/man1/docbook2texi-spec.pl.1
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./sgmldiff.1 /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/man/man1/sgmldiff.1
mkdir -p -- . /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/man/man7
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./backend-spec.7 /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/man/man7/backend-spec.7
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./frontend-spec.7 /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/man/man7/frontend-spec.7
make[3]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/man'
make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/man'
Making install in HTML
make[2]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/HTML'
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    make[3]: Entering directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/HTML'
make[3]: Nothing to be done for `install-exec-am'.
SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog \
	SGML_SEARCH_PATH=../..:../../doc:.. \
		jade -t sgml -i html -d ../../docbook-utils.dsl\#html \
			-V '%use-id-as-filename%' ../../doc/docbook-utils.sgml
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:9:96:W: cannot generate system identifier for public text "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN"
jade:../../docbook-utils.dsl:19:39:E: no style-specification or external-specification with ID "DOCBOOK"
DocBook Utils18 June 2000Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
	Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
	Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the section
	entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".This documentation describes the DocBook-utils version
      0.2.The DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
      convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
      in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
      under GPL [e-mail]@[e-mail]@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.deEricBischoffIntroductionThe DocBook-utils are a collection of various utilites to
    convert and analyse SGML documents in general and DocBook files
    in particular. They are developped by many authors and released
    under GPL licence.DocBook
    is a SGML-based or XML-based standard for writing technical
    documentation defined by the DocBook Technical Committee of the
    OASIS consortium.The DocBook-utils try to be as general as possible, and
    therefore it is possible to use them with other SGML formats
    than DocBook, like TEI or HTML. But each time there was an
    opportunity to make them biased to DocBook to ease the life of
    DocBook users, this opportunity has been given a higher priority
    than generality considerations. This is why this package is not
    called "SGML-utils".The DocBook-utils are independant of any existing distribution
    of SGML parsers and of DocBook resources. However, they conform
    with the new draft on SGML and DocBook standardization being
    discussed at Linux Standard Base project.So far, the DocBook-utils only consist of:
      jw, a script used to convert
          from DocBook or other SGML formats into "classical" file
          formats like HTML, man, info, RTF...sgmldiff, a script used to
          compare the markup of a SGML file with its translation into
          another language.
      but we would like to see them accomplish other tasks in the future:
      Conversion from "legacy" formats like LinuxDoc, man,
          info, HTML or PDF into DocBook.Refined analysis of DocBook files like a "sgmlgrep"
          program that would allow context-sensitive searchs.Support for XML.
    If you want to help or keep informed of the latest developments,
    please subscribe to the "[e-mail]"
    mailing list. This list has been set up to allow collaborative
    development of these
    tools.To subscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      - you will get a confirmation message, just reply to it.To unsubscribe: Send a message to
      [e-mail]
      and reply to the confirmation messageFor any additional information, write to Jorge Godoy who is
      the maintainer of this list.JochemHuhmannjwCommand referencejw1 converts DocBook or other
    SGML-based formats into "classical" file formats.The modular architecture used by
    jw allows to write plug-in
    programs (we call them backends and
    frontends). The backends are specific to
    output formats while the frontends are specific to input formats. We
    would like to encourage you to write such programs and to submit
    them to the docbook-utils project.While most backends are based on Jame's Clark Jade, or its
    OpenJade alternative, some of the backends make use of the programs
    from the docbook2X project. We call these
    helper [e-mail]1jwdocbook2dvidocbook2htmldocbook2mandocbook2pdfdocbook2psdocbook2rtfdocbook2texdocbook2texidocbook2txt(Jade Wrapper) converts SGML files to other formatsjw-f
      frontend--frontend
      frontend-b
      backend--backend backend-c file--cat file-n--nostd-d
        file|default|none--dsl
        file|default|none-l file--dcl file-s path--sgmlbase path-p program--parser program-o directory--output directory-V
        variable[=value]-u--nochunks-i section--include section-w type|list--warning type|list-e type|list--error type|list-h--help-v--versionSGML-filedocbook2dviSGML-filedocbook2htmlSGML-filedocbook2manSGML-filedocbook2pdfSGML-filedocbook2psSGML-filedocbook2rtfSGML-filedocbook2texSGML-filedocbook2texiSGML-filedocbook2txtSGML-fileDescriptionThe jw shell script allows to
    convert a DocBook file (or some other SGML-based format) to
    other formats (including HTML, RTF, PS and PDF) with
    an easy-to-understand syntax. It hides most of Jade's
    or OpenJade complexity and adds comfortable features.Other scripts like docbook2html,
    docbook2rtf or
    docbook2ps provide different ways of
    calling jw that might be easier to
    remember.For the moment, jw does not handle XML, but only SGML.This utility assumes that several other components are
    installed. The list includes:
    the ISO character entities for SGMLJames Clark's DSSSL engine, jade, or an equivalent parser
        like OpenJadethe DocBook DTD from the OASIS consortiumNorman Walsh's DocBook modular style sheets (or some other
        set of DSSSL style sheets)Sebastian Rahtz's jadetex set of TeX macros for jade
        (for backends intended to "printing" formats like PDF, RTF or
        PostScript)A perl interpreter (for backends that use perl)SGMLSpm from CPAN (for backends that use sgmls)Lynx HTML browser (for the txt
        backend)
    The jw script is basically called like this:jw mydoc.sgmlwhere mydoc.sgml is a SGML file.The command line above uses default options: it converts
    from DocBook (the default frontend) to HTML (the default backend),
    does not put the result in a subdirectory (unless specified
    otherwise in the style sheets), etc.In this example, the "mydoc" file name as well as the ".sgml"
    extension can be replaced by anything else. Current extensions
    for SGML DocBook files include ".sgml", ".sgm", ".docbook", and
    ".db". The processed file mydoc.sgml can
    be in any other directory than the current one.Here we have chosen to generate HTML output. In fact we can
    use any of the backends stored in the backends/
    subdirectory of the DocBook-utils distribution directory (usually
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14).
    Similarly, you can use any frontend defined in the
    frontends/ subdirectory to convert from another
    input format.This sample command creates one or many HTML files with
    arbitrary file names in the current directory. This default behavior
    can be changed through command line options and/or customization
    style sheets.OptionsThe following options apply to the conversion script:-f
	      frontend--frontend
	      frontend
        Allows to specify another frontend than default docbook.
          The list of currently available frontends is:
          docbookConverts docbook with Norman Walsh's
              style sheets. This frontend searches in the
              subdirectories of the base SGML directory for a
              file named html/docbook.dsl or
              print/docbook.dsl (depending on the
              backend's type: html or print).
          -b
                backend--backend
                backend
        Allows to specify another backend than default
          HTML. The list of currently available
          backends is:
          dviConverts to DVI (DeVice Independant
              files) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.htmlConverts to HTML (HyperText Markup
              Language) by calling Jade
              or OpenJade.manConverts a refentry to a Unix manual page
              by calling docbook2man. Does not work with other SGML
              document types than DocBook.pdfConverts to PDF (Portable Document
              Format) by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.psConverts to PostScript by
              calling Jade or
              OpenJade.rtfConverts to RTF (Rich Text Format)
              by calling Jade or
              OpenJade. The resulting file can
              then be inported into MS Word
              or one of its Linux replacement programs.texConverts to TeX by calling Jade or
              OpenJade.texiConverts to GNU TeXinfo pages by calling
              docbook2texi. Does not work with other SGML document types
              than DocBook.txtConverts to a bare text file
              by calling Jade
              or OpenJade, then
              Lynx.
          -c file--cat fileAllows to use an extra SGML Open Catalog that will list
          other files like customization style sheets, adaptations to the
          DocBook Document Type Definition, special character entities,
          etc. This catalog is added to the list of catalogs determined
          by the script (see option --nostd below)-n--nostdDo not use the standard SGML Open Catalogs. Normally,
	  the standard catalogs list is determined like this:
          if the centralized catalog exists, then
              use it. The centralized catalog is a list of all
              catalogs that might be necessary that usually
              resides in /etc/sgml. Its
              name is provided by the frontend, for example
              the docbook frontend returns
              /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat.Otherwise, take all the files
              named catalog from the
              subdirectories of the SGML base directory (usually
              /usr/share/sgml).
	  This option is useful in conjunction with the
	  --cat option to use only the catalogs that
	  are specified on the command line.-d
	      file|default|none--dsl
	      file|default|noneAllows to use a customized style sheet instead
          of the default one.A "target" starting with a hash mark "#" can be appended
	  to the file name. As a result, only the corresponding part
	  of the style sheet is executed (the "style specification" whose
	  "identificator" is equal to the target's name). A common use of this
	  mechanism is to define "#html" and "#print" targets to trigger
	  the corresponding part  of a replacement style sheet which is
	  common for both HTML and printout conversion.By replacing the file name with "default", the default
	  style sheet provided with the frontend is used. For example, the
          docbook frontend returns 
          ./docbook.dsl#html (or
          ./docbook.dsl#print) in the SGML base
	  directory.By replacing the file name with "none", no replacement
	  style sheet is used, not even the default style sheet. The style
	  sheet which is used is also determined by the frontend. For
	  example, the docbook frontend returns
	  Norman Walsh's html/docbook.dsl (or
          print/docbook.dsl) found somewhere below
          the SGML base directory.If no --dsl option is specified, then "--dsl default" is
	  used.-l file--dcl fileAllows to use a customized SGML declaration instead
          of the default one. The file name of the default SGML
          declaration is not set for SGML files, and is set to
	  xml.dcl in the SGML base directory
	  for XML files.-s path--sgmlbase pathAllows to use another location for the SGML base
          directory. This is the directory below which all SGML DTDs,
          style sheets, entities, etc are installed. The default value
          is /usr/share/sgml.-p program--parser programSpecify the parser to use (Jade
          or OpenJade) if several
          are installed. If this option is not specified,
          the script first tries to use Jade, then it tries
          OpenJade.-o directory--output directorySet output directory where all the resulting files will
          be stored. If the style sheets define a subdirectory where to
          store the resulting files too, the subdirectory defined by the
          style sheets will be placed below the subdirectory defined by
          this option.-V
	variable=[value]Set a variable (to a value, if one is specified).-u--nochunksOutput only one big file. This option is useful only
          when generating HTML, because the output can be split into
          several files. This option overrides the setting that may be
          done in the style sheets.-i section--include sectionDeclare a SGML marked section as "include". A SGML marked
          section is a kind of conditional part of a document. If it is
          declared "ignore", it will be left ignored, otherwise it will
          be processed. An example of such a marked section would be:
                        <DOCTYPE mydoc [
              <!ENTITY % confidential "ignore">
            ]>
            <mydoc>
              ...
              <![ %confidential [ Some confidential text... ]]>
              ...
            </mydoc>
            
          -w type|list--warning type|listEnables or disables the display of given types of warnings.
	  Several -w options might be entered on the command line.
	  Warning types that start with "no-" disable the corresponding
	  warnings, the other types enable them.If the warning type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed warning types is displayed.-e type|list--error type|listDisables given types of errors.
	  Several -e options might be entered on the command line.
	  All error types start with "no-".If the error type is replaced with "list", then
	  a list of allowed error types is displayed.-h--helpPrint a short help message and exit-v--versionPrint the version identifier and exitFiles/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.catCentralized SGML open catalog. This file name might
          vary if another frontend than docbook
          is used./usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/backendsThe various backends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/frontendsThe various frontends/usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14/helpersThe various helper scripts like docbook2man or docbook2texiAuthorsEric Bischoff (jw shell script and a few backends),
      Jochem Huhmann (the man and
      texi backends)See Alsodocbook2man-spec.pl1,
    docbook2texi-spec.pl1,
    install-catalog8,
    nsgmls1, docbook-utils
    homepage.SteveChengHelper programsdocbook2X is the collective name for a
      bunch of tools for converting DocBook documents into the traditional
      Unix documentation formats: roff -man
      pages and Texinfo. Currently the formaters
      are implemented as Perl SGMLSpm spec files.The latest version of
      docbook2X is available as a tarball. It also includes example
      SGML documents for testing.  For other examples, please see the
       documentation
      at the GGI Project.docbook2man-spec.pl1docbook2man-spec.plconvert DocBook RefEntries to man pagessgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plDescriptiondocbook2man is a sgmlspl spec file that produced man
pages (using the -man macros) from DocBook RefEntry markup.The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Markup not found in RefEntry is discarded.Its output, the converted man pages, are written to the current directory.  If
RefMeta information is not specified in a
RefEntry, then the man page will be written to standard
output.The file manpage.links will also be created, which contains
any aliases of the manpages generated.  This file is in the format:

man page alias
manpageThe manpage.refs file keeps track of
XRef references.  Note that if the input document has any
forward references, then docbook2man may have to be
invoked twice (the first time updating manpage.refs) to
resolve them.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doObvious stuff:

 Fix docbook2man breakages found in
the test documents, especially
weird.sgml.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.   Produce cleanest, readable man output as possible (unlike some
other converters).  Follow Linux
man7
convention.  As conversion to man pages is usually not done very often, it is
better to be slower/more complicated than to produce wrong output.  Also if
someone wants to give up using DocBook for whatever reason, the last-converted
man pages can then be maintained manually.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.Support other (human) languages.  But what to do with non-ASCII charsets?
SGMLSpm doesn't report them and roff does not grok them.

text after enclosed lists (and SS blocks) will break docbook2man
If we do this, more people can use DocBook.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.docbook2texi-spec.pl1docbook2texi-spec.plconvert DocBook Books
to Texinfo documentssgmlspldocbook2man-spec.plnsgmlssgml document| sgmlspldocbook2texi-spec.plbasenameDescriptiondocbook2texi is a sgmlspl spec file that produces
GNU Texinfo documents from DocBook documents.  The program reads ESIS produced by nsgmls (or other SGML parsers) from
standard input.  Currently the document element must be Book,
otherwise the results are undefined.Its output, the converted Texinfo document, is written to standard
output.The file basename.refs will also
be created, which contains all the nodes in the document and their immediate
'child' nodes.  As node processing always require forward references,
docbook2texi must be run twice for each document: the
first time to build the references, and the second to actually generate a valid
document.RequirementsThe SGMLSpm package from CPAN.  This package includes the sgmlspl script
that is also needed.LimitationsTrying docbook2man on non-DocBook or non-conformant
SGML results in undefined behavior. :-)This program is a slow, dodgy Perl script.This program does not come close to supporting all the possible markup
in DocBook, and may produce wrong output in some cases with supported
markup.To doHow the hell do you represent a backslash (\) in Texinfo!!@?
I've tried \\ but TeX complains about it.Fix breakages found in the test documents.Add new element handling and fix existing handling.  
Be robust.  Make it faster. I think most of the speed problems so far is with parsing
ESIS.  Rewrite SGMLS.pm with C and/or get input directly
from SP.There are some dependencies on elements occurring when they are actually
optional (according to the DTD).  We need to fix that (preferably) or 
prominently state the requirements.Allow other more common document elements.Separate out node referencing to a separate script.  Not only would it
make it faster/easier to maintain because it's separate from the main
code, but also I would like it to evolve into an automatic DocBook
ToC generator.CopyrightCopyright (C) 1998-1999 Steve Cheng [e-mail] program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, please write
to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.Application programming interfaceThe backends and the frontends use an application
      programming interface (API) that is described
      in backend-spec7 and in
      frontend-spec7. Be aware that, since
      these specifications should be treated as first drafts, they might
      change [e-mail]-spec7backend-specinterface between jw and its backendsDescriptionjw1 calls backends like
    backends/html to do the "real" conversion
    work. The backend gets all necessary data delivered
    via environment variables ready to use.This documentation describes those environment variables.The backend is run in the directory where the output
    files are to be created. It should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          SGML_FILE_NAME
        The bare name of the source file          SGML_FILE
        The full name and path of the source file          SGML_JADE
        The name of the parser (usually
          Jade or
          OpenJade)          SGML_ARGUMENTS
        The full argument-string for
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_CATALOG_FILES
        The list of catalog files needed by
          Jade or
          OpenJade          SGML_STYLESHEET
        The style sheet to use          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system (default is
          /usr/share/sgml)FilesSee alsofrontend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]@cybercable.tm.frfrontend-spec7frontend-specinterface between jw and its frontendsDescriptionjw1 calls frontends like
    frontends/docbook to get the informations
    specific to a given input format. The frontend knows which information
    to return from the first command line parameter. It gets all necessary
    data via environment variables ready to use.This document describes that command line parameter and those
    environment variables.The frontend should return 0 if there weren't any problem,
    and return a positive value otherwise.Variables          $1
        The command line parameter, specifying which information
          to return. It can take the following values:
          centralized-catalogThe frontend must return the DTD-specific
              centralized catalog name.  Centralized catalogs normally
              reside in /etc/sgml and provide the
              location of all the catalog files useful for handling
              this input type (the catalog for the DTD, the catalog
              for the stylesheets, the catalog for the entities,
              ...)style-sheetThe frontend must return the filename
              of the style sheet to be used for this document type and
              with the chosen backend.
                    SGML_CATALOGS_DIR
        The directory where the centralized catalogs reside. It is normally
            /etc/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_BASE_DIR
        The base directory of the SGML system. It is normally
            /usr/share/sgml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use.)          SGML_FILE
        The name of the file to convert.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use.)          SGML_TYPE
        The type of the backend to use, whether it produces output
            files to be displayed online or to be printed out.
            It can take the value html or
            print.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_STYLESHEETS
        The desired custom stylesheet type, either none
	    or default.
	    If none, the frontend must return the file name of
	    the style sheet provided by the system beneath the docbook-utils.
	    If default, the frontend must return the custom
	    stylesheet provided by the docbook-utils.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the style sheet to use).          SGML_XML
        The metalanguage of the file to convert, either sgml
	    or xml.(This variable is valid only while determining
            the centralized catalog to use).FilesSee alsobackend-spec7AuthorsJochem Huhmann [e-mail]fsgmldiff1 compares two SGML files
    taking only the markup into account, thus allowing to see if the
    translation of an SGML file has been left unchanged during its
    [e-mail]1sgmldiffFind differences in the markup of two SGML filessgmldiffoptions file1file2-a--attributes-c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos-s--statistics-h--help-v--versionDescriptionThis perl script allows to determine the structural differences
    between two SGML files. It compares the files, regardless of what
    is in between the tags, to only focus on the markup. Its output
    is similar to diff1.The typical use of sgmldiff is to
    compare an SGML file with its translation into another language. If
    the translation was done cleanly, sgmldiff
    returns without finding any difference in the markup.An example of a typical call to sgmldiff is:      sgmldiff english.sgml italiano.sgml
    If there are differences in markup between both files,
    sgmldiff will output a series of differences
    reports summarized with lines of the form:
    169a164At line 169 of the first file, line 164 of the
        second file has been added.8a12,15At line 8 of the first file, lines 12 to 15
        of the second file have been added.41d28Line 41 of the first file has been destroyed, to
        obtain line 28 of the second file.63,66d61Lines 63 to 66 of the first file have been
        destroyed. to obtain line 61 of the second file.52c51Line 52 of the first file has been changed into
        line 51 of the second file.5,7c8,10Lines 5 to 7 of the first file have been changed
        into lines 8 to 10 of the second line.
    In addition to those summaries, the lines of the first file are
    shown preceeded by '<' and the lines of the second file are
    shown preceeded by '>".OptionsHere is the list of actions that can be requested to
    sgmldiff:          -a--attributes
        Include the attribute values in the difference tests.
          Don't set this value if the attributes are likely to be
          translated. Set this value if the attributes value shouldn't
          change between both files. Default is to don't include the
          attributes in the difference tests.          -c attributesnestingtextpos--context attributesnestingtextpos
        Add more context to the difference. Since every test between the tags is removed before testing the differences, sgmldiff is likely to resynchronize itself at the wrong place, by thinking the location in both files correspond, while it's not true. By adding more context to the compared area, such risk is disminished.The allowed values for the --context option are:
          attributesTake into account the attribute
              names. The attribute
              values are controlled by the
              attributes option.nestingTake into account the nesting level of all the compared tags.textposTake into account the position in the text.
                    -s--statistics
        Print some SGML information at the end.          -h--help
        Print a short help message and exit          -v--version
        Print the version identifier and exitFilesAuthors          Frederik Fouvry
        Developer of sgmldiff.See Also          jw1
        conversion from a SGML file to other file formats
          nsgmls1
        a base component of Jade DSSSL engine
          http://sources.redhat.com/docbook-tools/
        the home page of the DocBook tools, a compendium of
          all tools necessary to process DocBook files, including
          the DocBook-utilsGNU Free Documentation License      		GNU Free Documentation License
		   Version 1.1, March 2000

 Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.


0. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.

This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.

We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.


1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as "you".

A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.

A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.

The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.

The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.

A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
purposes only.

The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.


2. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.

You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.


3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.

If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.

If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.

It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.


4. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
   Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
   and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
   may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.

You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.

The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.


5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.

The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.

In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
entitled "Endorsements."


6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.

You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.



7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.

If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.


8. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.


9. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.


10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/.

Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.


ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:

      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
      Free Documentation License".

If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

      
    mkdir -p -- . /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./api.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/api.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./api.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./backend-spec.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/backend-spec.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./backend-spec.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./docbook2man.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/docbook2man.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./docbook2man.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./docbook2texi.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/docbook2texi.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./docbook2texi.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./fdl.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/fdl.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./fdl.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./frontend-spec.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/frontend-spec.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./frontend-spec.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./helpers.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/helpers.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./helpers.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./index.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/index.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./index.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./introduction.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/introduction.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./introduction.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./intro-jw.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/intro-jw.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./intro-jw.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./intro-sgmldiff.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/intro-sgmldiff.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./intro-sgmldiff.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./jw.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/jw.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./jw.html': No such file or directory
 /usr/bin/install -c -m 644 ./sgmldiff.html /var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/image//usr/share/doc/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/html/sgmldiff.html
/usr/bin/install: cannot stat `./sgmldiff.html': No such file or directory
make[3]: *** [install-htmlDATA] Error 1
make[3]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/HTML'
make[2]: *** [install-am] Error 2
make[2]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc/HTML'
make[1]: *** [install-recursive] Error 1
make[1]: Leaving directory `/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/work/docbook-utils-0.6.14/doc'
make: *** [install-recursive] Error 1
 [31;01m*[0m 
 [31;01m*[0m ERROR: app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14 failed.
 [31;01m*[0m Call stack:
 [31;01m*[0m               ebuild.sh, line   49:  Called src_install
 [31;01m*[0m             environment, line 2074:  Called die
 [31;01m*[0m The specific snippet of code:
 [31;01m*[0m       make DESTDIR="${D}" htmldir="/usr/share/doc/${PF}/html" install || die "Installation failed";
 [31;01m*[0m  The die message:
 [31;01m*[0m   Installation failed
 [31;01m*[0m 
 [31;01m*[0m If you need support, post the topmost build error, and the call stack if relevant.
 [31;01m*[0m A complete build log is located at '/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/temp/build.log'.
 [31;01m*[0m The ebuild environment file is located at '/var/tmp/portage/app-text/docbook-sgml-utils-0.6.14/temp/environment'.
 [31;01m*[0m